ich777/IronOS
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Ralim/IronOS.git synced 2025-07-23 04:13:01 +02:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge pull request #2049 from Ralim/i2c-rework-2

Browse Source 
Rev2 reworking I2C to avoid IRQ stalling && adjusting thermal runaway for PinecilV2
This commit is contained in:
Ben V. Brown
2025-02-27 12:19:53 +11:00
committed by GitHub
parent c9a74cbbff 6e724b99d0
commit 7ec1ece1a2
51 changed files with 29345 additions and 20931 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

15
Documentation/Flashing/Pinecil V2.md
View File

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ In general you probably want `master`.
Once you click on a run, scroll down to the "Artifacts" section and then click on your device model name to download a zip file.
Then this works the same as a production release (use the correct file).
# Pinecil V2
## Pinecil V2
- The MCU in Pinecil V2 is Bouffalo BL706 and does _not_ use usb-dfu for flashing as the previous Pinecil V1 MCU did.
- See the Pinecil Wiki page [here](https://wiki.pine64.org/wiki/Pinecil#Firmware_&_Updates) for instructions.
@@ -34,3 +34,16 @@ Then this works the same as a production release (use the correct file).
- One advantage of Pinecil is that you cannot permanently damage it doing a firmware update (because BIN is in ROM); an update could render Pinecil temporarily inoperable if you flash an invalid firmware. But no worries, simply re-flashing with a working firmware copy will fix everything.
- USB-C cable is required to do an update. Generally, all USB controllers work, but some hubs have issues, so it is preferred to avoid USB hubs for updates.
- Background on the [BL706 chipset](https://lupyuen.github.io/articles/bl706)
### Troubleshooting
If you are running into issues such as timeouts during the programming or bootloader errors, the BL702 has a not-amazing USB PHY built in. This can cause problems on cheap cables (especially "thin" ones that tend not to have shielding). One of the authors (Ralim) has found this especially common on the cables supplied with Apple chargers when used with newer Ryzen processor ports.
It is _strongly_ reccomended to use a good quality cable, ideally _short_.
Also try other USB ports, as on some devices they can use different hub's or lengths of signalling, and this can fix the issue.
By the PinecilV2's design, by default some of the internal buses are exposed on the USB3 pins, to enable hacking/debugging/mods. This is suspected it _may_ play poorly on some chipsets. Try using a USB2.0 cable. Others have had luck with chaining USB-C->USB-A->USB-C. This may be due to this, as a lot of these adaptors are USB2 or only USB3 5gbps (half USB3 pins).
Another workaround is to put a USB hub somewhere in the chain, as these will re-form the signal and can work around the issue.
_Finally_, some users have reported issues under Windows that were fixed by changing OS (Typically to a Linux live cd).

4
scripts/IronOS.Dockerfile
View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# Default Reference Distro for development env & deploy:
# * Alpine Linux, version 3.19 *
# * Alpine Linux, version 3.21 *
FROM alpine:3.19
FROM alpine:3.21
LABEL maintainer="Ben V. Brown <ralim@ralimtek.com>"
# Default current dir when container starts

12
source/Core/BSP/MHP30/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)256)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 14) /*Currently use about 9000*/
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (32)
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 /*Bump this to 2 during development and bug hunting*/
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
/* USER CODE END 1 */

12
source/Core/BSP/Miniware/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)256)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 14) /*Currently use about 9000*/
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (32)
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 /*Bump this to 2 during development and bug hunting*/
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
/* USER CODE END 1 */

12
source/Core/BSP/Pinecil/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -11,7 +11,6 @@
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (4)
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((unsigned short)128)
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 24
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
@@ -22,6 +21,7 @@
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 0
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY (configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS))
/* Define to trap errors during development. */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1

2
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/BSP.cpp
View File

@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ uint8_t getDeviceValidationStatus() {
}
void showBootLogo(void) {
uint8_t scratch[1024];
alignas(uint32_t) uint8_t scratch[1024];
flash_read(FLASH_LOGOADDR - 0x23000000, scratch, 1024);
BootLogo::handleShowingLogo(scratch);

4
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 8)
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (24)
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
@@ -30,6 +29,9 @@
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
#define configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES 2
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0

190
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/I2C_Wrapper.cpp
View File

@@ -7,17 +7,126 @@
#include "BSP.h"
#include "IRQ.h"
#include "Setup.h"
#include "bl_mcu_sdk/drivers/bl702_driver/std_drv/inc/bl702_dma.h"
extern "C" {
#include "bflb_platform.h"
#include "bl702_dma.h"
#include "bl702_glb.h"
#include "bl702_i2c.h"
}
#include <I2C_Wrapper.hpp>
// Semaphore for locking users of I2C
SemaphoreHandle_t FRToSI2C::I2CSemaphore = nullptr;
StaticSemaphore_t FRToSI2C::xSemaphoreBuffer;
#define I2C_TIME_OUT (uint16_t)(12000)
void FRToSI2C::CpltCallback() {} // Not used
#define I2C_TIME_OUT (uint16_t)(12000)
#define I2C_NOTIFY_INDEX 1
#define I2C_TX_FIFO_ADDR (0x4000A300 + 0x88)
#define I2C_RX_FIFO_ADDR (0x4000A300 + 0x8C)
// Used by the irq handler
volatile uint8_t *IRQDataPointer;
volatile uint8_t IRQDataSizeLeft;
volatile bool IRQFailureMarker;
volatile TaskHandle_t IRQTaskWaitingHandle = NULL;
/****** IRQ Handlers ******/
void i2c_irq_tx_fifo_low() {
// Filling tx fifo
// Fifo is 32 bit, LSB sent first
// FiFo can store up to 2, 32-bit words
// So we fill it until it has no free room (or we run out of data)
while (IRQDataSizeLeft > 0 && I2C_GetTXFIFOAvailable() > 0) {
// Can put in at least 1 byte
// Build a 32-bit word from bytes
uint32_t value = 0;
int packing = IRQDataSizeLeft >= 4 ? 0 : 4 - IRQDataSizeLeft;
for (int i = 0; i < 4 && IRQDataSizeLeft > 0; i++) {
value >>= 8;
value |= (*IRQDataPointer) << 24; // Shift to the left, adding new data to the higher byte
IRQDataPointer++; // Shift to next byte
IRQDataSizeLeft--;
}
// Handle shunting remaining bytes if not a full 4 to send
for (int i = 0; i < packing; i++) {
value >>= 8;
}
// Push the new value to the fifo
*((volatile uint32_t *)I2C_TX_FIFO_ADDR) = value;
}
if (IRQDataSizeLeft == 0) {
// Disable IRQ, were done
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT, MASK);
}
}
void i2c_rx_pop_fifo() {
// Pop one word from the fifo and store it
uint32_t value = *((uint32_t *)I2C_RX_FIFO_ADDR);
for (int i = 0; i < 4 && IRQDataSizeLeft > 0; i++) {
*IRQDataPointer = value & 0xFF;
IRQDataPointer++;
IRQDataSizeLeft--;
value >>= 8;
}
}
void i2c_irq_rx_fifo_ready() {
// Draining the Rx FiFo
while (I2C_GetRXFIFOAvailable() > 0) {
i2c_rx_pop_fifo();
}
if (IRQDataSizeLeft == 0) {
// Disable IRQ, were done
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT, MASK);
}
}
void i2c_irq_done_read() {
IRQFailureMarker = false;
// If there was a non multiple of 4 bytes to be read, they are pushed to the fifo now (end of transfer interrupt)
// So we catch them here
while (I2C_GetRXFIFOAvailable() > 0) {
i2c_rx_pop_fifo();
}
// Mask IRQ's back off
FRToSI2C::CpltCallback(); // Causes the lock to be released
}
void i2c_irq_done() {
IRQFailureMarker = false;
// Mask IRQ's back off
FRToSI2C::CpltCallback(); // Causes the lock to be released
}
void i2c_irq_nack() {
IRQFailureMarker = true;
// Mask IRQ's back off
FRToSI2C::CpltCallback(); // Causes the lock to be released
}
/****** END IRQ Handlers ******/
void FRToSI2C::CpltCallback() {
// This is only triggered from IRQ context
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT, MASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT, MASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, MASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, MASK);
CPU_Interrupt_Disable(I2C_IRQn); // Disable IRQ's
I2C_Disable(I2C0_ID); // Disable I2C to tidy up
// Unlock the semaphore && allow task switch if desired by RTOS
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(I2CSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken);
xTaskNotifyIndexedFromISR(IRQTaskWaitingHandle, I2C_NOTIFY_INDEX, IRQFailureMarker ? 2 : 1, eSetValueWithOverwrite, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken);
portYIELD_FROM_ISR(xHigherPriorityTaskWoken);
}
bool FRToSI2C::I2C_RegisterWrite(uint8_t address, uint8_t reg, uint8_t data) { return Mem_Write(address, reg, &data, 1); }
@@ -40,22 +149,41 @@ bool FRToSI2C::Mem_Read(uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t read_address, uint8_t *p_b
i2cCfg.data = p_buffer;
i2cCfg.subAddrSize = 1; // one byte address
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
/* --------------- */
err = I2C_MasterReceiveBlocking(I2C0_ID, &i2cCfg);
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
bool res = err == SUCCESS;
if (!res) {
I2C_Unstick();
}
unlock();
return res;
// Store handles for IRQ
IRQDataPointer = p_buffer;
IRQDataSizeLeft = number_of_byte;
IRQTaskWaitingHandle = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
IRQFailureMarker = false;
I2C_Disable(I2C0_ID);
// Setup and run
I2C_Init(I2C0_ID, I2C_READ, &i2cCfg); // Setup hardware for the I2C init header with the device address
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, UNMASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, UNMASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT, UNMASK);
I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, i2c_irq_done_read);
I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, i2c_irq_nack);
I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C0_ID, I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT, i2c_irq_rx_fifo_ready);
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(I2C_IRQn);
CPU_Interrupt_Disable(BLE_IRQn);
// Start
I2C_Enable(I2C0_ID);
// Wait for transfer in background
uint32_t result = 0;
xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed(I2C_NOTIFY_INDEX, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, &result, 0xFFFFFFFF);
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(BLE_IRQn);
return result == 1;
}
bool FRToSI2C::Mem_Write(uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint8_t *p_buffer, uint16_t number_of_byte) {
if (!lock()) {
return false;
}
I2C_Transfer_Cfg i2cCfg = {0, DISABLE, 0, 0, 0, 0};
BL_Err_Type err = ERROR;
i2cCfg.slaveAddr = DevAddress >> 1;
@@ -65,16 +193,34 @@ bool FRToSI2C::Mem_Write(uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint8_t *p_bu
i2cCfg.data = p_buffer;
i2cCfg.subAddrSize = 1; // one byte address
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
/* --------------- */
err = I2C_MasterSendBlocking(I2C0_ID, &i2cCfg);
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
bool res = err == SUCCESS;
if (!res) {
I2C_Unstick();
}
unlock();
return res;
// Store handles for IRQ
IRQDataPointer = p_buffer;
IRQDataSizeLeft = number_of_byte;
IRQTaskWaitingHandle = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
IRQFailureMarker = false;
// Setup and run
I2C_Init(I2C0_ID, I2C_WRITE, &i2cCfg); // Setup hardware for the I2C init header with the device address
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, UNMASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, UNMASK);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT, UNMASK);
I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, i2c_irq_done);
I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, i2c_irq_nack);
I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C0_ID, I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT, i2c_irq_tx_fifo_low);
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(I2C_IRQn);
i2c_irq_tx_fifo_low();
CPU_Interrupt_Disable(BLE_IRQn); // Shut up BLE while we do the transfer
// Start
I2C_Enable(I2C0_ID);
// Wait for transfer in background
uint32_t result = 0;
xTaskNotifyWaitIndexed(I2C_NOTIFY_INDEX, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, &result, 0xFFFFFFFF);
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(BLE_IRQn); // Now BLE can run
return result == 1;
}
bool FRToSI2C::Transmit(uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) { return Mem_Write(DevAddress, pData[0], pData + 1, Size - 1); }

3
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/Setup.cpp
View File

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
#include "IRQ.h"
#include "Pins.h"
#include "bl702_dma.h"
#include "bl702_sec_eng.h"
#include "history.hpp"
#include <string.h>
@@ -66,7 +67,9 @@ void hardware_init() {
I2C_SetDeglitchCount(I2C0_ID, 1); // Turn on de-glitch
// Note on I2C clock rate @ 100Khz the screen update == 20ms which is too long for USB-PD to work
// 200kHz and above works
I2C_ClockSet(I2C0_ID, 300000); // Sets clock to around 25 kHz less than set here
TIMER_SetCompValue(TIMER_CH0, TIMER_COMP_ID_0, 0);
}
void setup_pwm(void) {

4
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/bl_mcu_sdk/drivers/bl702_driver/hal_drv/src/hal_dma.c
View File

@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ int dma_open(struct device *dev, uint16_t oflag) {
chCfg.dstPeriph = dma_device->dst_req;
chCfg.srcAddrInc = dma_device->src_addr_inc;
chCfg.destAddrInc = dma_device->dst_addr_inc;
chCfg.srcBurstSzie = dma_device->src_burst_size;
chCfg.dstBurstSzie = dma_device->dst_burst_size;
chCfg.srcBurstSize = dma_device->src_burst_size;
chCfg.dstBurstSize = dma_device->dst_burst_size;
chCfg.srcTransfWidth = dma_device->src_width;
chCfg.dstTransfWidth = dma_device->dst_width;
DMA_Channel_Init(&chCfg);

56
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/bl_mcu_sdk/drivers/bl702_driver/std_drv/inc/bl702_dma.h
View File

@@ -39,6 +39,10 @@
#include "dma_reg.h"
#include "bl702_common.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** @addtogroup BL702_Peripheral_Driver
* @{
*/
@@ -168,9 +172,9 @@ typedef struct
DMA_Chan_Type ch; /*!< Channel select 0-7 */
DMA_Trans_Width_Type srcTransfWidth; /*!< Transfer width. 0: 8 bits, 1: 16 bits, 2: 32 bits */
DMA_Trans_Width_Type dstTransfWidth; /*!< Transfer width. 0: 8 bits, 1: 16 bits, 2: 32 bits */
DMA_Burst_Size_Type srcBurstSzie; /*!< Number of data items for burst transaction length. Each item width is as same as tansfer width.
DMA_Burst_Size_Type srcBurstSize; /*!< Number of data items for burst transaction length. Each item width is as same as tansfer width.
0: 1 item, 1: 4 items, 2: 8 items, 3: 16 items */
DMA_Burst_Size_Type dstBurstSzie; /*!< Number of data items for burst transaction length. Each item width is as same as tansfer width.
DMA_Burst_Size_Type dstBurstSize; /*!< Number of data items for burst transaction length. Each item width is as same as tansfer width.
0: 1 item, 1: 4 items, 2: 8 items, 3: 16 items */
BL_Fun_Type dstAddMode; /*!< */
BL_Fun_Type dstMinMode; /*!< */
@@ -181,16 +185,6 @@ typedef struct
DMA_Periph_Req_Type dstPeriph; /*!< Destination peripheral select */
} DMA_Channel_Cfg_Type;
/**
* @brief DMA LLI control structure type definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t srcDmaAddr; /*!< Source address of DMA transfer */
uint32_t destDmaAddr; /*!< Destination address of DMA transfer */
uint32_t nextLLI; /*!< Next LLI address */
struct DMA_Control_Reg dmaCtrl; /*!< DMA transaction control */
} DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type;
/**
* @brief DMA LLI configuration structure type definition
@@ -202,31 +196,6 @@ typedef struct
DMA_Periph_Req_Type dstPeriph; /*!< Destination peripheral select */
} DMA_LLI_Cfg_Type;
/**
* @brief DMA LLI Ping-Pong Buf definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t idleIndex; /*!< Index Idle lliListHeader */
uint8_t dmaChan; /*!< DMA LLI Channel used */
DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *lliListHeader[2]; /*!< Ping-Pong BUf List Header */
void (*onTransCompleted)(DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *); /*!< Completed Transmit One List Callback Function */
} DMA_LLI_PP_Buf;
/**
* @brief DMA LLI Ping-Pong Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t trans_index; /*!< Ping or Pong Trigger TC */
uint8_t dmaChan; /*!< DMA LLI Channel used */
struct DMA_Control_Reg dmaCtrlRegVal; /*!< DMA Basic Pararmeter */
DMA_LLI_Cfg_Type *DMA_LLI_Cfg; /*!< LLI Config parameter */
uint32_t operatePeriphAddr; /*!< Operate Peripheral register address */
uint32_t chache_buf_addr[2]; /*!< Ping-Pong structure chache */
BL_Fun_Type is_single_mode; /*!< is Ping-pong running forever or single mode ,if is single mode ping-pong will run only once
after one start */
} DMA_LLI_PP_Struct;
/*@} end of group DMA_Public_Types */
@@ -346,16 +315,7 @@ void DMA_Channel_Disable(uint8_t ch);
void DMA_LLI_Init(uint8_t ch, DMA_LLI_Cfg_Type *lliCfg);
void DMA_LLI_Update(uint8_t ch, uint32_t LLI);
void DMA_IntMask(uint8_t ch, DMA_INT_Type intType, BL_Mask_Type intMask);
void DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Start_New_Transmit(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf);
DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Remove_Completed_List(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf);
void DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Append(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf, DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *dmaLliList);
void DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Destroy(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf);
void DMA_Int_Callback_Install(DMA_Chan_Type dmaChan, DMA_INT_Type intType, intCallback_Type *cbFun);
void DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Start(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct);
void DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Stop(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct);
BL_Err_Type DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Init(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct);
BL_Err_Type DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Set_Transfer_Len(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct,
uint16_t Ping_Transfer_len, uint16_t Pong_Transfer_len);
/*@} end of group DMA_Public_Functions */
@@ -363,4 +323,8 @@ BL_Err_Type DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Set_Transfer_Len(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct,
/*@} end of group BL702_Peripheral_Driver */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* __cplusplus */
#endif /* __BL702_DMA_H__ */

180
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/bl_mcu_sdk/drivers/bl702_driver/std_drv/inc/bl702_i2c.h
View File

@@ -1,43 +1,43 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file bl702_i2c.h
* @version V1.0
* @date
* @brief This file is the standard driver header file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2020 Bouffalo Lab</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of Bouffalo Lab nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
******************************************************************************
* @file bl702_i2c.h
* @version V1.0
* @date
* @brief This file is the standard driver header file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2020 Bouffalo Lab</center></h2>
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of Bouffalo Lab nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef __BL702_I2C_H__
#define __BL702_I2C_H__
#include "i2c_reg.h"
#include "bl702_common.h"
#include "i2c_reg.h"
/** @addtogroup BL702_Peripheral_Driver
* @{
@@ -55,75 +55,71 @@
* @brief I2C No. type definition
*/
typedef enum {
I2C0_ID = 0, /*!< I2C0 define */
I2C_ID_MAX, /*!< I2C max define */
I2C0_ID = 0, /*!< I2C0 define */
I2C_ID_MAX, /*!< I2C max define */
} I2C_ID_Type;
/**
* @brief I2C read/write type definition
*/
typedef enum {
I2C_WRITE = 0, /*!< I2C write direction */
I2C_READ, /*!< I2C read direction */
I2C_WRITE = 0, /*!< I2C write direction */
I2C_READ, /*!< I2C read direction */
} I2C_Direction_Type;
/**
* @brief I2C interrupt type definition
*/
typedef enum {
I2C_TRANS_END_INT, /*!< I2C transfer end interrupt */
I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT, /*!< I2C TX fifo ready interrupt */
I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT, /*!< I2C RX fifo ready interrupt */
I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, /*!< I2C nack received interrupt */
I2C_ARB_LOST_INT, /*!< I2C arbitration lost interrupt */
I2C_FIFO_ERR_INT, /*!< I2C TX/RX FIFO error interrupt */
I2C_INT_ALL, /*!< I2C interrupt all type */
I2C_TRANS_END_INT, /*!< I2C transfer end interrupt */
I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT, /*!< I2C TX fifo ready interrupt */
I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT, /*!< I2C RX fifo ready interrupt */
I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, /*!< I2C nack received interrupt */
I2C_ARB_LOST_INT, /*!< I2C arbitration lost interrupt */
I2C_FIFO_ERR_INT, /*!< I2C TX/RX FIFO error interrupt */
I2C_INT_ALL, /*!< I2C interrupt all type */
} I2C_INT_Type;
/**
* @brief I2S start condition phase structure type definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t len0; /*!< Length of START condition phase 0 */
uint8_t len1; /*!< Length of START condition phase 1 */
uint8_t len2; /*!< Length of START condition phase 2 */
uint8_t len3; /*!< Length of START condition phase 3 */
typedef struct {
uint8_t len0; /*!< Length of START condition phase 0 */
uint8_t len1; /*!< Length of START condition phase 1 */
uint8_t len2; /*!< Length of START condition phase 2 */
uint8_t len3; /*!< Length of START condition phase 3 */
} I2C_Start_Condition_Phase_Type;
/**
* @brief I2S stop condition phase structure type definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t len0; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 0 */
uint8_t len1; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 1 */
uint8_t len2; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 2 */
uint8_t len3; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 3 */
typedef struct {
uint8_t len0; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 0 */
uint8_t len1; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 1 */
uint8_t len2; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 2 */
uint8_t len3; /*!< Length of STOP condition phase 3 */
} I2C_Stop_Condition_Phase_Type;
/**
* @brief I2S data phase structure type definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t len0; /*!< Length of DATA phase 0 */
uint8_t len1; /*!< Length of DATA phase 1 */
uint8_t len2; /*!< Length of DATA phase 2 */
uint8_t len3; /*!< Length of DATA phase 3 */
typedef struct {
uint8_t len0; /*!< Length of DATA phase 0 */
uint8_t len1; /*!< Length of DATA phase 1 */
uint8_t len2; /*!< Length of DATA phase 2 */
uint8_t len3; /*!< Length of DATA phase 3 */
} I2C_Data_Phase_Type;
/**
* @brief I2S transfer structure type definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t slaveAddr; /*!< I2C slave address */
BL_Fun_Type stopEveryByte; /*!< I2C all data byte with stop bit */
uint8_t subAddrSize; /*!< Specifies the size of I2C sub address section */
uint32_t subAddr; /*!< I2C sub address */
uint16_t dataSize; /*!< Specifies the size of I2C data section */
uint8_t *data; /*!< Specifies the pointer of I2C R/W data */
typedef struct {
uint8_t slaveAddr; /*!< I2C slave address */
BL_Fun_Type stopEveryByte; /*!< I2C all data byte with stop bit */
uint8_t subAddrSize; /*!< Specifies the size of I2C sub address section */
uint32_t subAddr; /*!< I2C sub address */
uint16_t dataSize; /*!< Specifies the size of I2C data section */
uint8_t *data; /*!< Specifies the pointer of I2C R/W data */
} I2C_Transfer_Cfg;
/*@} end of group I2C_Public_Types */
@@ -135,25 +131,19 @@ typedef struct
/** @defgroup I2C_ID_TYPE
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_ID_TYPE(type) (((type) == I2C0_ID) || \
((type) == I2C_ID_MAX))
#define IS_I2C_ID_TYPE(type) (((type) == I2C0_ID) || ((type) == I2C_ID_MAX))
/** @defgroup I2C_DIRECTION_TYPE
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION_TYPE(type) (((type) == I2C_WRITE) || \
((type) == I2C_READ))
#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION_TYPE(type) (((type) == I2C_WRITE) || ((type) == I2C_READ))
/** @defgroup I2C_INT_TYPE
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_INT_TYPE(type) (((type) == I2C_TRANS_END_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_NACK_RECV_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_ARB_LOST_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_FIFO_ERR_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_INT_ALL))
#define IS_I2C_INT_TYPE(type) \
(((type) == I2C_TRANS_END_INT) || ((type) == I2C_TX_FIFO_READY_INT) || ((type) == I2C_RX_FIFO_READY_INT) || ((type) == I2C_NACK_RECV_INT) || ((type) == I2C_ARB_LOST_INT) || \
((type) == I2C_FIFO_ERR_INT) || ((type) == I2C_INT_ALL))
/*@} end of group I2C_Public_Constants */
@@ -173,22 +163,26 @@ typedef struct
#ifndef BFLB_USE_HAL_DRIVER
void I2C_IRQHandler(void);
#endif
void I2C_SendWord(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint32_t data);
uint32_t I2C_RecieveWord(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
void I2C_Enable(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
void I2C_Disable(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
void I2C_SendWord(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint32_t data);
uint32_t I2C_RecieveWord(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
void I2C_Enable(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
void I2C_Disable(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
BL_Err_Type I2C_SetDeglitchCount(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint8_t cnt);
BL_Err_Type I2C_Reset(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
void I2C_SetPrd(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint8_t phase);
void I2C_ClockSet(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint32_t clk);
void I2C_SetSclSync(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint8_t enable);
void I2C_Init(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Direction_Type direct, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg);
uint8_t I2C_GetTXFIFOAvailable();
uint8_t I2C_GetRXFIFOAvailable();
void I2C_DMATxEnable();
void I2C_DMATxDisable();
void I2C_SetPrd(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint8_t phase);
void I2C_ClockSet(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint32_t clk);
void I2C_SetSclSync(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, uint8_t enable);
void I2C_Init(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Direction_Type direct, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg);
BL_Sts_Type I2C_IsBusy(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
BL_Sts_Type I2C_TransferEndStatus(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo);
BL_Err_Type I2C_MasterSendBlocking(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg);
BL_Err_Type I2C_MasterReceiveBlocking(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg);
void I2C_IntMask(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_INT_Type intType, BL_Mask_Type intMask);
void I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_INT_Type intType, intCallback_Type *cbFun);
void I2C_IntMask(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_INT_Type intType, BL_Mask_Type intMask);
void I2C_Int_Callback_Install(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_INT_Type intType, intCallback_Type *cbFun);
/*@} end of group I2C_Public_Functions */

459
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/bl_mcu_sdk/drivers/bl702_driver/std_drv/src/bl702_dma.c
View File

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static intCallback_Type *dmaIntCbfArra[DMA_CH_MAX][DMA_INT_ALL] = {
{NULL, NULL},
{NULL, NULL}
};
static DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type PingPongListArra[DMA_CH_MAX][2];
// static DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type PingPongListArra[DMA_CH_MAX][2];
/*@} end of group DMA_Private_Macros */
@@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ static DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type PingPongListArra[DMA_CH_MAX][2];
* @{
*/
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA interrupt handler
*
* @param None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA interrupt handler
*
* @param None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
#ifndef BFLB_USE_HAL_DRIVER
void DMA_ALL_IRQHandler(void) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ void DMA_ALL_IRQHandler(void) {
* @{
*/
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA enable
*
* @param None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA enable
*
* @param None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Enable(void) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get DMA register */
@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ void DMA_Enable(void) {
#endif
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA disable
*
* @param None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA disable
*
* @param None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Disable(void) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get DMA register */
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ void DMA_Disable(void) {
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_TOP_CONFIG, tmpVal);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA channel init
*
* @param chCfg: DMA configuration
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA channel init
*
* @param chCfg: DMA configuration
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Channel_Init(DMA_Channel_Cfg_Type *chCfg) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -206,13 +206,14 @@ void DMA_Channel_Init(DMA_Channel_Cfg_Type *chCfg) {
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_CHAN_TYPE(chCfg->ch));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_TRANS_WIDTH_TYPE(chCfg->srcTransfWidth));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_TRANS_WIDTH_TYPE(chCfg->dstTransfWidth));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_BURST_SIZE_TYPE(chCfg->srcBurstSzie));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_BURST_SIZE_TYPE(chCfg->dstBurstSzie));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_BURST_SIZE_TYPE(chCfg->srcBurstSize));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_BURST_SIZE_TYPE(chCfg->dstBurstSize));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_TRANS_DIR_TYPE(chCfg->dir));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_PERIPH_REQ_TYPE(chCfg->dstPeriph));
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_PERIPH_REQ_TYPE(chCfg->srcPeriph));
/* Disable clock gate */
// Turns on clock
GLB_AHB_Slave1_Clock_Gate(DISABLE, BL_AHB_SLAVE1_DMA);
/* Config channel config */
@@ -223,15 +224,15 @@ void DMA_Channel_Init(DMA_Channel_Cfg_Type *chCfg) {
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_TRANSFERSIZE, chCfg->transfLength);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_SWIDTH, chCfg->srcTransfWidth);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DWIDTH, chCfg->dstTransfWidth);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_SBSIZE, chCfg->srcBurstSzie);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DBSIZE, chCfg->dstBurstSzie);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_SBSIZE, chCfg->srcBurstSize);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DBSIZE, chCfg->dstBurstSize);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DST_ADD_MODE, chCfg->dstAddMode);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DST_MIN_MODE, chCfg->dstMinMode);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_FIX_CNT, chCfg->fixCnt);
/* FIXME: how to deal with SLargerD */
tmpVal = BL_CLR_REG_BIT(tmpVal, DMA_SLARGERD);
tmpVal = BL_CLR_REG_BIT(tmpVal, DMA_SLARGERD); // Reserved bit 25
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_SI, chCfg->srcAddrInc);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DI, chCfg->destAddrInc);
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONTROL, tmpVal);
@@ -241,18 +242,21 @@ void DMA_Channel_Init(DMA_Channel_Cfg_Type *chCfg) {
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_DSTPERIPHERAL, chCfg->dstPeriph);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, DMA_SRCPERIPHERAL, chCfg->srcPeriph);
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONFIG, tmpVal);
// Clear interrupts
*((uint32_t *)0x4000c008) = 1 << (chCfg->ch); // Clear transfer complete
*((uint32_t *)0x4000c010) = 1 << (chCfg->ch); // Clear Error
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA channel update source memory address and len
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
* @param memAddr: source memoty address
* @param len: source memory data length
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA channel update source memory address and len
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
* @param memAddr: source memoty address
* @param len: source memory data length
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Channel_Update_SrcMemcfg(uint8_t ch, uint32_t memAddr, uint32_t len) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -268,16 +272,16 @@ void DMA_Channel_Update_SrcMemcfg(uint8_t ch, uint32_t memAddr, uint32_t len) {
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONTROL, tmpVal);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA channel update destination memory address and len
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
* @param memAddr: destination memoty address
* @param len: destination memory data length
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA channel update destination memory address and len
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
* @param memAddr: destination memoty address
* @param len: destination memory data length
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Channel_Update_DstMemcfg(uint8_t ch, uint32_t memAddr, uint32_t len) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -293,14 +297,14 @@ void DMA_Channel_Update_DstMemcfg(uint8_t ch, uint32_t memAddr, uint32_t len) {
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONTROL, tmpVal);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief Get DMA channel tranfersize
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
*
* @return tranfersize size
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief Get DMA channel tranfersize
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
*
* @return tranfersize size
*
*******************************************************************************/
uint32_t DMA_Channel_TranferSize(uint8_t ch) {
/* Get channel register */
uint32_t DMAChs = DMA_Get_Channel(ch);
@@ -311,14 +315,14 @@ uint32_t DMA_Channel_TranferSize(uint8_t ch) {
return BL_GET_REG_BITS_VAL(BL_RD_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONTROL), DMA_TRANSFERSIZE);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief Get DMA channel busy status
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
*
* @return SET or RESET
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief Get DMA channel busy status
*
* @param ch: DMA channel
*
* @return SET or RESET
*
*******************************************************************************/
BL_Sts_Type DMA_Channel_Is_Busy(uint8_t ch) {
/* Get channel register */
uint32_t DMAChs = DMA_Get_Channel(ch);
@@ -329,14 +333,14 @@ BL_Sts_Type DMA_Channel_Is_Busy(uint8_t ch) {
return BL_IS_REG_BIT_SET(BL_RD_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONFIG), DMA_E) == 1 ? SET : RESET;
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA enable
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA enable
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Channel_Enable(uint8_t ch) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -350,14 +354,14 @@ void DMA_Channel_Enable(uint8_t ch) {
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONFIG, tmpVal);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA disable
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA disable
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Channel_Disable(uint8_t ch) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -371,15 +375,15 @@ void DMA_Channel_Disable(uint8_t ch) {
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONFIG, tmpVal);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA init LLI transfer
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
* @param lliCfg: LLI configuration
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA init LLI transfer
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
* @param lliCfg: LLI configuration
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_Init(uint8_t ch, DMA_LLI_Cfg_Type *lliCfg) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -401,15 +405,15 @@ void DMA_LLI_Init(uint8_t ch, DMA_LLI_Cfg_Type *lliCfg) {
BL_WR_REG(DMAChs, DMA_CONFIG, tmpVal);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA channel update LLI
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
* @param LLI: LLI addr
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief DMA channel update LLI
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
* @param LLI: LLI addr
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_Update(uint8_t ch, uint32_t LLI) {
/* Get channel register */
uint32_t DMAChs = DMA_Get_Channel(ch);
@@ -422,152 +426,16 @@ void DMA_LLI_Update(uint8_t ch, uint32_t LLI) {
BL702_MemCpy4((uint32_t *)DMAChs, (uint32_t *)LLI, 4);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI PingPong Structure Start
*
* @param dmaPpStruct: dma pp struct pointer
* @param Ping_Transfer_len: ping len
* @param Pong_Transfer_len: pong len
*
* @return Succrss or not
*
*******************************************************************************/
BL_Err_Type DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Set_Transfer_Len(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct, uint16_t Ping_Transfer_len, uint16_t Pong_Transfer_len) {
struct DMA_Control_Reg dmaCtrlRegVal_temp;
if (Ping_Transfer_len > 4096 || Pong_Transfer_len > 4096) {
return ERROR;
}
dmaCtrlRegVal_temp = PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].dmaCtrl;
dmaCtrlRegVal_temp.TransferSize = Ping_Transfer_len;
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].dmaCtrl = dmaCtrlRegVal_temp;
dmaCtrlRegVal_temp = PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].dmaCtrl;
dmaCtrlRegVal_temp.TransferSize = Pong_Transfer_len;
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].dmaCtrl = dmaCtrlRegVal_temp;
DMA_LLI_Init(dmaPpStruct->dmaChan, dmaPpStruct->DMA_LLI_Cfg);
DMA_LLI_Update(dmaPpStruct->dmaChan, (uint32_t)&PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX]);
return SUCCESS;
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI Start New Transmit for Ping-Pong Buf
*
* @param dmaPpBuf: DMA LLI Ping-Pong Buf
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Start_New_Transmit(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf) {
CPU_Interrupt_Disable(DMA_ALL_IRQn);
if (dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[dmaPpBuf->idleIndex] != NULL) {
DMA_LLI_Update(dmaPpBuf->dmaChan, (uint32_t)dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[dmaPpBuf->idleIndex]);
DMA_Channel_Enable(dmaPpBuf->dmaChan);
dmaPpBuf->idleIndex = (dmaPpBuf->idleIndex == 0) ? 1 : 0;
}
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(DMA_ALL_IRQn);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI Remove Completed Ping-Pong Buf List
*
* @param dmaPpBuf: DMA LLI Ping-Pong Buf
*
* @return Next Ping-Pong Buf List Header
*
*******************************************************************************/
DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Remove_Completed_List(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf) {
CPU_Interrupt_Disable(DMA_ALL_IRQn);
dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[!dmaPpBuf->idleIndex] = NULL;
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(DMA_ALL_IRQn);
return dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[!dmaPpBuf->idleIndex];
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI Append Buf to List
*
* @param dmaPpBuf: DMA LLI Ping-Pong Buf
* @param dmaLliList: New LLI Buf to Append
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Append(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf, DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *dmaLliList) {
DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *pLliList = NULL;
CPU_Interrupt_Disable(DMA_ALL_IRQn);
pLliList = dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[dmaPpBuf->idleIndex];
if (pLliList == NULL) {
dmaLliList->nextLLI = 0;
dmaLliList->dmaCtrl.I = 1;
dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[dmaPpBuf->idleIndex] = dmaLliList;
} else {
/*Append to last */
while (pLliList->nextLLI != 0) {
pLliList = (DMA_LLI_Ctrl_Type *)pLliList->nextLLI;
}
pLliList->nextLLI = (uint32_t)dmaLliList;
pLliList->dmaCtrl.I = 0;
dmaLliList->nextLLI = 0;
dmaLliList->dmaCtrl.I = 1;
}
if (DMA_Channel_Is_Busy(dmaPpBuf->dmaChan) == RESET) {
/* DMA stopped: maybe stop just a few minutes ago(not enter INT due to CPU_Interrupt_Disable)
or has already stopped before this function is called */
if (dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[!dmaPpBuf->idleIndex] == NULL) {
/* DMA has already stopped before this function is called */
DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Start_New_Transmit(dmaPpBuf);
}
}
CPU_Interrupt_Enable(DMA_ALL_IRQn);
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLi Destroy Ping-Pong Buf
*
* @param dmaPpBuf: DMA LLI Ping-Pong Buf
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_PpBuf_Destroy(DMA_LLI_PP_Buf *dmaPpBuf) {
/* DMA LLI Disable */
DMA_Channel_Disable(dmaPpBuf->dmaChan);
if (dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[0] != NULL && dmaPpBuf->onTransCompleted != NULL) {
dmaPpBuf->onTransCompleted(dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[0]);
}
dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[0] = NULL;
if (dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[1] != NULL && dmaPpBuf->onTransCompleted != NULL) {
dmaPpBuf->onTransCompleted(dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[1]);
}
dmaPpBuf->lliListHeader[1] = NULL;
dmaPpBuf->idleIndex = 0;
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief Mask/Unmask the DMA interrupt
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
* @param intType: Specifies the interrupt type
* @param intMask: Enable/Disable Specified interrupt type
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief Mask/Unmask the DMA interrupt
*
* @param ch: DMA channel number
* @param intType: Specifies the interrupt type
* @param intMask: Enable/Disable Specified interrupt type
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_IntMask(uint8_t ch, DMA_INT_Type intType, BL_Mask_Type intMask) {
uint32_t tmpVal;
/* Get channel register */
@@ -636,16 +504,16 @@ void DMA_IntMask(uint8_t ch, DMA_INT_Type intType, BL_Mask_Type intMask) {
}
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief Install DMA interrupt callback function
*
* @param dmaChan: DMA Channel type
* @param intType: DMA interrupt type
* @param cbFun: Pointer to interrupt callback function. The type should be void (*fn)(void)
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* @brief Install DMA interrupt callback function
*
* @param dmaChan: DMA Channel type
* @param intType: DMA interrupt type
* @param cbFun: Pointer to interrupt callback function. The type should be void (*fn)(void)
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Int_Callback_Install(DMA_Chan_Type dmaChan, DMA_INT_Type intType, intCallback_Type *cbFun) {
/* Check the parameters */
CHECK_PARAM(IS_DMA_CHAN_TYPE(dmaChan));
@@ -654,69 +522,6 @@ void DMA_Int_Callback_Install(DMA_Chan_Type dmaChan, DMA_INT_Type intType, intCa
dmaIntCbfArra[dmaChan][intType] = cbFun;
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI PingPong Structure Initial
*
* @param dmaPpStruct: DMA LLI PingPong Config Parameter
*
* @return start success or not
*
*******************************************************************************/
BL_Err_Type DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Init(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct) {
// setup lliList
dmaPpStruct->dmaCtrlRegVal.I = 1;
dmaPpStruct->trans_index = 0;
if (dmaPpStruct->DMA_LLI_Cfg->dir == DMA_TRNS_M2P) {
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].srcDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->chache_buf_addr[0];
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].destDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->operatePeriphAddr;
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].srcDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->chache_buf_addr[1];
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].destDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->operatePeriphAddr;
} else if (dmaPpStruct->DMA_LLI_Cfg->dir == DMA_TRNS_P2M) {
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].srcDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->operatePeriphAddr;
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].destDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->chache_buf_addr[0];
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].srcDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->operatePeriphAddr;
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].destDmaAddr = dmaPpStruct->chache_buf_addr[1];
} else {
return ERROR;
/*V1.0 version DMA LLI Ping-Pong structure not support P2P & M2M MODE*/
}
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].nextLLI = (uint32_t)&PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX];
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX].dmaCtrl = dmaPpStruct->dmaCtrlRegVal;
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].nextLLI = (uint32_t)&PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX];
PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PONG_INDEX].dmaCtrl = dmaPpStruct->dmaCtrlRegVal;
DMA_LLI_Init(dmaPpStruct->dmaChan, dmaPpStruct->DMA_LLI_Cfg);
DMA_LLI_Update(dmaPpStruct->dmaChan, (uint32_t)&PingPongListArra[dmaPpStruct->dmaChan][PING_INDEX]);
return SUCCESS;
}
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI PingPong Structure Start
*
* @param dmaPpStruct: None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Start(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct) { DMA_Channel_Enable(dmaPpStruct->dmaChan); }
/****************************************************************************/ /**
* @brief DMA LLI PingPong Structure Stop
*
* @param dmaPpStruct: None
*
* @return None
*
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LLI_PpStruct_Stop(DMA_LLI_PP_Struct *dmaPpStruct) { DMA_Channel_Disable(dmaPpStruct->dmaChan); }
/*@} end of group DMA_Public_Functions */
/*@} end of group DMA */

66
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/bl_mcu_sdk/drivers/bl702_driver/std_drv/src/bl702_i2c.c
View File

@@ -205,11 +205,67 @@ void I2C_Enable(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo) {
/* Check the parameters */
CHECK_PARAM(IS_I2C_ID_TYPE(i2cNo));
// Set the M_EN bit
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_CONFIG);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_CR_I2C_M_EN);
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_CONFIG, tmpVal);
}
uint8_t I2C_GetTXFIFOAvailable() {
volatile uint32_t tmpVal;
uint32_t I2Cx = I2C_BASE;
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_1);
return tmpVal & 0b11; // Lowest two bits
}
uint8_t I2C_GetRXFIFOAvailable() {
volatile uint32_t tmpVal;
uint32_t I2Cx = I2C_BASE;
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_1);
return (tmpVal >> 8) & 0b11; // Lowest two bits of byte 2
}
void I2C_DMATxEnable() {
uint32_t tmpVal;
uint32_t I2Cx = I2C_BASE;
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_0);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_DMA_TX_EN);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_TX_FIFO_CLR);
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_RX_FIFO_CLR);
// tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_DMA_RX_EN);
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_0, tmpVal);
// Ensure fifo setpoint is as we expect
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_1);
tmpVal &= I2C_TX_FIFO_CNT_UMSK;
tmpVal |= 1;
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_1, tmpVal);
}
void I2C_DMATxDisable() {
uint32_t tmpVal;
uint32_t I2Cx = I2C_BASE;
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_0);
tmpVal = BL_CLR_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_DMA_TX_EN);
// tmpVal = BL_CLR_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_DMA_RX_EN);
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_0, tmpVal);
tmpVal = BL_RD_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_1);
tmpVal &= I2C_TX_FIFO_CNT_UMSK;
tmpVal |= 1;
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_FIFO_CONFIG_1, tmpVal);
}
/**
* @brief I2C disable
*
@@ -297,15 +353,15 @@ void I2C_Init(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Direction_Type direct, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cf
tmpVal = BL_CLR_REG_BIT(tmpVal, I2C_CR_I2C_SUB_ADDR_EN);
}
// Packet length <=256 bytes per transaction
tmpVal = BL_SET_REG_BITS_VAL(tmpVal, I2C_CR_I2C_PKT_LEN, cfg->dataSize - 1);
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_CONFIG, tmpVal);
/* Set sub address */
BL_WR_REG(I2Cx, I2C_SUB_ADDR, cfg->subAddr);
#ifndef BFLB_USE_HAL_DRIVER
Interrupt_Handler_Register(I2C_IRQn, I2C_IRQHandler);
#endif
}
/**
@@ -491,6 +547,8 @@ BL_Err_Type I2C_MasterSendBlocking(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg) {
uint32_t timeOut = 0;
uint32_t temp = 0;
uint32_t I2Cx = I2C_BASE;
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, UNMASK); // This function needs to be able to use the irq status bits
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, UNMASK); // This function needs to be able to use the irq status bits
/* Check the parameters */
CHECK_PARAM(IS_I2C_ID_TYPE(i2cNo));
@@ -571,6 +629,9 @@ BL_Err_Type I2C_MasterReceiveBlocking(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg)
I2C_Disable(i2cNo);
I2C_Init(i2cNo, I2C_READ, cfg);
I2C_Enable(i2cNo);
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_TRANS_END_INT, UNMASK); // This function needs to be able to use the irq status bits
I2C_IntMask(I2C0_ID, I2C_NACK_RECV_INT, UNMASK); // This function needs to be able to use the irq status bits
timeOut = I2C_FIFO_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
if (cfg->dataSize == 0 && cfg->subAddrSize == 0) {
while (BL_RD_REG(I2C_BASE, I2C_BUS_BUSY)) {
@@ -589,6 +650,7 @@ BL_Err_Type I2C_MasterReceiveBlocking(I2C_ID_Type i2cNo, I2C_Transfer_Cfg *cfg)
return TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Read I2C data */
while (cfg->dataSize - i >= 4) {
timeOut = I2C_FIFO_STATUS_TIMEOUT;

8
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/ble_handlers.cpp
View File

@@ -133,6 +133,8 @@ int ble_char_read_status_callback(struct bt_conn *conn, const struct bt_gatt_att
memcpy(buf, &temp, sizeof(temp));
return sizeof(temp);
break;
default:
break;
}
MSG((char *)"Unhandled attr read %d | %d\n", (uint32_t)attr->uuid, uuid_value);
return 0;
@@ -150,7 +152,7 @@ int ble_char_read_bulk_value_callback(struct bt_conn *conn, const struct bt_gatt
// Bulk data
{
uint32_t bulkData[] = {
TipThermoModel::getTipInC(), // 0 - Current temp
(uint32_t)TipThermoModel::getTipInC(), // 0 - Current temp
getSettingValue(SettingsOptions::SolderingTemp), // 1 - Setpoint
getInputVoltageX10(getSettingValue(SettingsOptions::VoltageDiv), 0), // 2 - Input voltage
getHandleTemperature(0), // 3 - Handle X10 Temp in C
@@ -159,9 +161,9 @@ int ble_char_read_bulk_value_callback(struct bt_conn *conn, const struct bt_gatt
getTipResistanceX10(), // 6 - Tip resistance
xTaskGetTickCount() / TICKS_100MS, // 7 - uptime in deciseconds
lastMovementTime / TICKS_100MS, // 8 - last movement time (deciseconds)
TipThermoModel::getTipMaxInC(), // 9 - max temp
(uint32_t)TipThermoModel::getTipMaxInC(), // 9 - max temp
TipThermoModel::convertTipRawADCTouV(getTipRawTemp(0), true), // 10 - Raw tip in μV
abs(getRawHallEffect()), // 11 - hall sensor
(uint32_t)abs(getRawHallEffect()), // 11 - hall sensor
(uint32_t)currentOperatingMode, // 12 - Operating mode
x10WattHistory.average(), // 13 - Estimated Wattage *10
};

12
source/Core/BSP/Sequre/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)256)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 14) /*Currently use about 9000*/
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (32)
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 /*Bump this to 2 during development and bug hunting*/
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
/* USER CODE END 1 */

6
source/Core/Drivers/OLED.cpp
View File

@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ OLED::DisplayState OLED::displayState;
int16_t OLED::cursor_x, OLED::cursor_y;
bool OLED::initDone = false;
uint8_t OLED::displayOffset;
uint8_t OLED::screenBuffer[16 + (OLED_WIDTH * (OLED_HEIGHT / 8)) + 10]; // The data buffer
uint8_t OLED::secondFrameBuffer[16 + (OLED_WIDTH * (OLED_HEIGHT / 8)) + 10];
uint32_t OLED::displayChecksum;
alignas(uint32_t) uint8_t OLED::screenBuffer[16 + (OLED_WIDTH * (OLED_HEIGHT / 8)) + 10]; // The data buffer
alignas(uint32_t) uint8_t OLED::secondFrameBuffer[16 + (OLED_WIDTH * (OLED_HEIGHT / 8)) + 10];
uint32_t OLED::displayChecksum;
/*
* Setup params for the OLED screen
* http://www.displayfuture.com/Display/datasheet/controller/SSD1307.pdf

31
source/Core/Threads/PIDThread.cpp
View File

@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@
#endif
#endif
static TickType_t powerPulseWaitUnit = 25 * TICKS_100MS; // 2.5 s
static TickType_t powerPulseDurationUnit = (5 * TICKS_100MS) / 2; // 250 ms
TaskHandle_t pidTaskNotification = NULL;
volatile TemperatureType_t currentTempTargetDegC = 0; // Current temperature target in C
int32_t powerSupplyWattageLimit = 0;
bool heaterThermalRunaway = false;
static TickType_t powerPulseWaitUnit = 25 * TICKS_100MS; // 2.5 s
static TickType_t powerPulseDurationUnit = (5 * TICKS_100MS) / 2; // 250 ms
TaskHandle_t pidTaskNotification = NULL;
volatile TemperatureType_t currentTempTargetDegC = 0; // Current temperature target in C
int32_t powerSupplyWattageLimit = 0;
uint8_t heaterThermalRunawayCounter = 0;
static int32_t getPIDResultX10Watts(TemperatureType_t set_point, TemperatureType_t current_value);
static void detectThermalRunaway(const TemperatureType_t currentTipTempInC, const uint32_t x10WattsOut);
@@ -71,7 +71,8 @@ void startPIDTask(void const *argument __unused) {
#endif
#endif
int32_t x10WattsOut = 0;
int32_t x10WattsOut = 0;
TickType_t lastThermalRunawayDecay = xTaskGetTickCount();
for (;;) {
x10WattsOut = 0;
@@ -105,6 +106,12 @@ void startPIDTask(void const *argument __unused) {
#ifdef DEBUG_UART_OUTPUT
log_system_state(x10WattsOut);
#endif
if (xTaskGetTickCount() - lastThermalRunawayDecay > TICKS_SECOND) {
lastThermalRunawayDecay = xTaskGetTickCount();
if (heaterThermalRunawayCounter > 0) {
heaterThermalRunawayCounter--;
}
}
}
}
@@ -249,8 +256,8 @@ void detectThermalRunaway(const TemperatureType_t currentTipTempInC, const uint3
static bool haveSeenDelta = false;
// Check for readings being pegged at the top of the ADC while the heater is off
if (!thisCycleIsHeating && (getTipRawTemp(0) > (0x7FFF - 16))) {
heaterThermalRunaway = true;
if (!thisCycleIsHeating && (getTipRawTemp(0) > (ADC_MAX_READING - 8)) && heaterThermalRunawayCounter < 255) {
heaterThermalRunawayCounter++;
}
if (haveSeenDelta) {
@@ -277,8 +284,8 @@ void detectThermalRunaway(const TemperatureType_t currentTipTempInC, const uint3
TemperatureType_t delta = tipTempMax - tiptempMin;
haveSeenDelta = true;
if (delta < THERMAL_RUNAWAY_TEMP_C) {
heaterThermalRunaway = true;
if (delta < THERMAL_RUNAWAY_TEMP_C && heaterThermalRunawayCounter < 255) {
heaterThermalRunawayCounter++;
}
}
}
@@ -322,7 +329,7 @@ void setOutputx10WattsViaFilters(int32_t x10WattsOut) {
if (getTipRawTemp(0) > (0x7FFF - 32)) {
x10WattsOut = 0;
}
if (heaterThermalRunaway) {
if (heaterThermalRunawayCounter > 8) {
x10WattsOut = 0;
}
#ifdef SLEW_LIMIT

2
source/Core/Threads/UI/logic/OperatingModes.h
View File

@@ -83,5 +83,5 @@ OperatingMode showWarnings(const ButtonState buttons, guiContext *cxt);
// Common helpers
int8_t getPowerSourceNumber(void); // Returns number ID of power source
extern bool heaterThermalRunaway;
extern uint8_t heaterThermalRunawayCounter;
#endif

8
source/Core/Threads/UI/logic/Soldering.cpp
View File

@@ -161,10 +161,10 @@ OperatingMode gui_solderingMode(const ButtonState buttons, guiContext *cxt) {
return OperatingMode::Sleeping;
}
if (heaterThermalRunaway) {
currentTempTargetDegC = 0; // heater control off
heaterThermalRunaway = false;
cxt->transitionMode = TransitionAnimation::Right;
if (heaterThermalRunawayCounter > 8) {
currentTempTargetDegC = 0; // heater control off
heaterThermalRunawayCounter = 0;
cxt->transitionMode = TransitionAnimation::Right;
return OperatingMode::ThermalRunaway;
}
return handleSolderingButtons(buttons, cxt);

6
source/Core/Threads/UI/logic/SolderingProfile.cpp
View File

@@ -159,9 +159,9 @@ OperatingMode gui_solderingProfileMode(const ButtonState buttons, guiContext *cx
setBuzzer(false);
return OperatingMode::HomeScreen;
}
if (heaterThermalRunaway) {
currentTempTargetDegC = 0; // heater control off
heaterThermalRunaway = false;
if (heaterThermalRunawayCounter > 8) {
currentTempTargetDegC = 0; // heater control off
heaterThermalRunawayCounter = 0;
return OperatingMode::ThermalRunaway;
}

2
source/Core/Threads/UI/logic/utils/SolderingCommon.cpp
View File

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
#include "history.hpp"
#include "ui_drawing.hpp"
extern bool heaterThermalRunaway;
extern uint8_t heaterThermalRunawayCounter;
bool checkExitSoldering(void) {
#ifdef POW_DC

1381
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS/cmsis_os.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

766
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c vendored
View File

@@ -1,361 +1,405 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
* be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
* This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
* in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
* list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
* not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
* ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
* both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
* overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
* current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
* function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
* are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
* the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
* any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
* section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
* have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
* line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
* been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
* called. prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
* co-routine is created. */
if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
* of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
* pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
* event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
* check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file if co-routines are not being used. */
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /**< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /**< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /**< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /**< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /**< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /**< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xLastTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xPassedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
do { \
if( ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxCRCB )->xGenericListItem ) ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
traceENTER_xCoRoutineCreate( pxCoRoutineCode, uxPriority, uxIndex );
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.1 [Malloc memory assignment] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
* be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
* This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
* in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
* list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
traceRETURN_xCoRoutineCreate( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
traceENTER_vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pxEventList );
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
* not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
* ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
* both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
* overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
* current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
* function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
traceRETURN_vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
* are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
* the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
* any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
* section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
* have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
* line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
* been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
traceENTER_vCoRoutineSchedule();
/* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
* called. prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
* co-routine is created. */
if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
* of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
}
traceRETURN_vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
* pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceENTER_xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( pxEventList );
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
* event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
* check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
traceRETURN_xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vCoRoutineResetState( void )
{
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;
/* Other file private variables. */
pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
xCoRoutineTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
xLastTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
xPassedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

1655
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4659
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

66
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,32 +1,34 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in a future release.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"

844
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,417 +1,427 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*
* The atomic interface can be used in FreeRTOS tasks on all FreeRTOS ports. It
* can also be used in Interrupt Service Routines (ISRs) on FreeRTOS ports that
* support nested interrupts (i.e. portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS is set to 1). The
* atomic interface must not be used in ISRs on FreeRTOS ports that do not
* support nested interrupts (i.e. portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS is set to 0)
* because ISRs on these ports cannot be interrupted and therefore, do not need
* atomics in ISRs.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if ( portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS == 1 )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

1513
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

40
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
* definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
* projects should not use them. */
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

238
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -34,6 +36,26 @@
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
* item value. It is important they don't clash with the
* taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0100U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0200U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0400U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint16_t ) 0xff00U )
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint32_t ) 0x01000000U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint32_t ) 0x02000000U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint32_t ) 0x04000000U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint32_t ) 0xff000000U )
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_64_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0100000000000000U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0200000000000000U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0400000000000000U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint64_t ) 0xff00000000000000U )
#endif /* if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS ) */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@@ -63,8 +85,6 @@
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -84,8 +104,8 @@ typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
* number of bits it holds is set by configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS (16 bits if set to 0,
* 32 bits if set to 1, 64 bits if set to 2.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
@@ -94,36 +114,40 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
* on the configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is 0 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 1 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 2 then
* each event group has 56 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 53). The EventBits_t type
* is used to store event bits within an event group.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupCreate()
* to be available.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* // Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
* EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
*
@@ -140,7 +164,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* {
* // The event group was created.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -150,29 +174,33 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
* on the configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is 0 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 1 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 2 then
* each event group has 56 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 53). The EventBits_t type
* is used to store event bits within an event group.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupCreateStatic()
* to be available.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
@@ -182,7 +210,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* // StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
* // size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
* // provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
@@ -195,7 +223,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
*
* // Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
* xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -203,19 +231,22 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
* const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupWaitBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -241,7 +272,8 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. A value of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block
* indefinitely (provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
@@ -253,9 +285,9 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
@@ -289,7 +321,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* // without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -301,13 +333,16 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupClearBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
@@ -317,9 +352,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
@@ -350,7 +385,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -359,9 +394,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
@@ -375,6 +410,12 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @note If this function returns pdPASS then the timer task is ready to run
* and a portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE) should be executed to perform the needed
* clear on the event group. This behavior is different from
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR because the parameter xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is
* not present.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
@@ -386,9 +427,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -404,9 +445,10 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was posted successfully.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE);
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -415,14 +457,14 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToClear ), NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
@@ -431,6 +473,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupSetBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
@@ -448,9 +493,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
@@ -486,7 +531,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* // cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -495,9 +540,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
@@ -530,9 +575,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -561,7 +606,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -571,17 +616,17 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToSet ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
@@ -595,6 +640,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupSync()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -620,13 +668,13 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* // Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
* #define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
* #define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
* #define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
*
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
* #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
*
* // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
* // group has already been created elsewhere.
@@ -694,7 +742,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* }
* }
*
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -706,13 +754,16 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
@@ -720,16 +771,19 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( ( xEventGroup ), 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
@@ -741,23 +795,51 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEG
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for vEventGroupDelete()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve a pointer to a statically created event groups's data structure
* buffer. It is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of creation.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group for which to retrieve the buffer.
*
* @param ppxEventGroupBuffer Used to return a pointer to the event groups's
* data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the buffer was retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )

928
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,417 +1,511 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
#endif
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
* then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
* the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
* memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
* use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
* contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* ascending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
#endif
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
* then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
* the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
* memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
* use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
* contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /**< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /**< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /**< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /**< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /**< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 )
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#else
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#endif
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /**< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /**< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in ascending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 )
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
do { \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->xListEnd.pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
} while( 0 )
#else /* #if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 ) */
/* This function is not required in SMP. FreeRTOS SMP scheduler doesn't use
* pxIndex and it should always point to the xListEnd. Not defining this macro
* here to prevent updating pxIndex.
*/
#endif /* #if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 ) */
/*
* Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value. Provided as a slight
* optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove ) \
do { \
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list \
* item. */ \
List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer; \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext; \
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ \
if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) ) \
{ \
pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
} \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL; \
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) - 1U ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
* xTaskIncrementTick().
*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem ) \
do { \
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex; \
\
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch \
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch \
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */ \
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) ); \
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) ); \
\
/* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list, \
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to \
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex; \
( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious; \
\
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem ); \
pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem ); \
\
/* Remember which list the item is in. */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList ); \
\
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) + 1U ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */

1788
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

652
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,263 +1,389 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint16_t usStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask,
const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
BaseType_t xIndex,
void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
void * pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
typedef struct xTaskGenericNotifyParams
{
TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify;
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify;
uint32_t ulValue;
eNotifyAction eAction;
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue;
} xTaskGenericNotifyParams_t;
typedef struct xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams
{
UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn;
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit;
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams_t;
typedef struct xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams
{
TimerHandle_t xTimer;
BaseType_t xCommandID;
TickType_t xOptionalValue;
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams_t;
typedef struct xEventGroupWaitBitsParams
{
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor;
BaseType_t xClearOnExit;
BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xEventGroupWaitBitsParams_t;
/* MPU versions of task.h API functions. */
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
BaseType_t xIndex,
void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyEntry( const xTaskGenericNotifyParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWaitEntry( const xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Task APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
void * pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify,
const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetStaticBuffers( TaskHandle_t xTask,
StackType_t ** ppuxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t ** ppxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Queue APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskEntry( const xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Timer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBitsEntry( const xEventGroupWaitBitsParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )*/
/* Privileged only wrappers for Event Group APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Stream Buffer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xStreamBufferType,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xStreamBufferType,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffers,
uint8_t * ppucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * ppxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferResetFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

105
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_syscall_numbers.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H
#define MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H
/* Numbers assigned to various system calls. */
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotify 0
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotifyWait 1
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask 2
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupWaitBits 3
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskDelayUntil 4
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskAbortDelay 5
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskDelay 6
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskPriorityGet 7
#define SYSTEM_CALL_eTaskGetState 8
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskGetInfo 9
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 10
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSuspend 11
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskResume 12
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetTickCount 13
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks 14
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter 15
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent 16
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent 17
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter 18
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag 19
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag 20
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer 21
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer 22
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetSystemState 23
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 24
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 25
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 26
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetSchedulerState 27
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetTimeOutState 28
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskCheckForTimeOut 29
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake 30
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear 31
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear 32
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGenericSend 33
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxQueueMessagesWaiting 34
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxQueueSpacesAvailable 35
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueReceive 36
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueuePeek 37
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueSemaphoreTake 38
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGetMutexHolder 39
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive 40
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive 41
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueSelectFromSet 42
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueAddToSet 43
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vQueueAddToRegistry 44
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vQueueUnregisterQueue 45
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pcQueueGetName 46
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pvTimerGetTimerID 47
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTimerSetTimerID 48
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerIsTimerActive 49
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 50
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pcTimerGetName 51
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTimerSetReloadMode 52
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetReloadMode 53
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTimerGetReloadMode 54
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetPeriod 55
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetExpiryTime 56
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupClearBits 57
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupSetBits 58
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupSync 59
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxEventGroupGetNumber 60
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vEventGroupSetNumber 61
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSend 62
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferReceive 63
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferIsFull 64
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferIsEmpty 65
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable 66
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable 67
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel 68
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes 69
#define NUM_SYSTEM_CALLS 70 /* Total number of system calls. */
#endif /* MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H */

462
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,186 +1,276 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#error MPU
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
* those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
#define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
#define xTaskCatchUpTicks MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0)
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
* equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
* macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
* (useful when using statically allocated objects). */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section("freertos_system_calls")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
* those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard task.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define xTaskDelayUntil MPU_xTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
#define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Task APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define xTaskGetStaticBuffers MPU_xTaskGetStaticBuffers
#define uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR MPU_uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR
#define uxTaskBasePriorityGet MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGet
#define uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR
#define xTaskResumeFromISR MPU_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR
#define xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR
#define vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR MPU_vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif /* #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Queue APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers MPU_xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers
#define xQueueGenericSendFromISR MPU_xQueueGenericSendFromISR
#define xQueueGiveFromISR MPU_xQueueGiveFromISR
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
#define xQueueReceiveFromISR MPU_xQueueReceiveFromISR
#define xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR MPU_xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR
#define xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR MPU_xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR
#define uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR
#define xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR
#define xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR MPU_xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR
#endif /* if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerGenericCommandFromTask MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
/* Privileged only wrappers for Timer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xTimerGetReloadMode MPU_xTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define xTimerGetStaticBuffer MPU_xTimerGetStaticBuffer
#define xTimerGenericCommandFromISR MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) )
#define uxEventGroupGetNumber MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber
#define vEventGroupSetNumber MPU_vEventGroupSetNumber
#endif /* #if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Event Group APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer MPU_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
#define xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
* equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
/* Privileged only wrappers for Stream Buffer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers MPU_xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers
#define xStreamBufferSendFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
#define xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
#define xStreamBufferResetFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferResetFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
#if ( ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) && ( configENABLE_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST == 1 ) )
#define vGrantAccessToTask( xTask, xTaskToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTaskToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToTask( xTask, xTaskToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTaskToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToSemaphore( xTask, xSemaphoreToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xSemaphoreToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToSemaphore( xTask, xSemaphoreToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xSemaphoreToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToQueue( xTask, xQueueToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToQueue( xTask, xQueueToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToQueueSet( xTask, xQueueSetToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueSetToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToQueueSet( xTask, xQueueSetToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueSetToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToEventGroup( xTask, xEventGroupToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xEventGroupToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToEventGroup( xTask, xEventGroupToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xEventGroupToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToStreamBuffer( xTask, xStreamBufferToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xStreamBufferToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToStreamBuffer( xTask, xStreamBufferToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xStreamBufferToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToMessageBuffer( xTask, xMessageBufferToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xMessageBufferToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToMessageBuffer( xTask, xMessageBufferToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xMessageBufferToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToTimer( xTask, xTimerToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTimerToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToTimer( xTask, xTimerToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTimerToRevokeAccess ) )
#endif /* #if ( ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) && ( configENABLE_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST == 1 ) ) */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_functions" ) ) )
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__( ( section( "freertos_system_calls" ) ) )
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

62
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/newlib-freertos.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H
/* Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
* used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves. FreeRTOS is not
* responsible for resulting newlib operation. User must be familiar with
* newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
* stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
* implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
*
* See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
* for additional information. */
#include <reent.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#ifndef configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE struct _reent
#endif
#ifndef configINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) _REENT_INIT_PTR( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configSET_TLS_BLOCK
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) ( _impure_ptr = &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#endif /* INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H */

91
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/picolibc-freertos.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H
/* Use picolibc TLS support to allocate space for __thread variables,
* initialize them at thread creation and set the TLS context at
* thread switch time.
*
* See the picolibc TLS docs:
* https://github.com/picolibc/picolibc/blob/main/doc/tls.md
* for additional information. */
#include <picotls.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE void *
#define picolibcTLS_SIZE ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) _tls_size() )
#define picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
#if __PICOLIBC_MAJOR__ > 1 || __PICOLIBC_MINOR__ >= 8
/* Picolibc 1.8 and newer have explicit alignment values provided
* by the _tls_align() inline */
#define picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ( _tls_align() - 1 ) )
#else
/* For older Picolibc versions, use the general port alignment value */
#define picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
#endif
/* Allocate thread local storage block off the end of the
* stack. The picolibcTLS_SIZE macro returns the size (in
* bytes) of the total TLS area used by the application.
* Calculate the top of stack address. */
#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) \
do { \
xTLSBlock = ( void * ) ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) - \
picolibcTLS_SIZE ) & \
~picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTLSBlock ) - 1 ) & \
~picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
_init_tls( xTLSBlock ); \
} while( 0 )
#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) \
do { \
xTLSBlock = ( void * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack + \
picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) & ~picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTLSBlock ) + \
picolibcTLS_SIZE ) + picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) & \
~picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
_init_tls( xTLSBlock ); \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _set_tls( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#endif /* INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H */

475
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,216 +1,259 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
* Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
* to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
* specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
* file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
* did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
* that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats
{
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings,
const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions,
StackType_t * pxBottomOfStack,
uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
* Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
* to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
* specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
* file. */
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
* did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x001f)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x000f)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0007)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0003)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0001)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0000)
#else /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
#define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE StackType_t
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
/* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
#define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if (portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1)
#if (portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1)
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged,
xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged, xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 ) */
#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
#if (portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1)
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
* that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion {
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats {
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions(const HeapRegion_t *const pxHeapRegions) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats(HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats);
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc(size_t xWantedSize) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void *pvPortCalloc(size_t xNum, size_t xSize) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree(void *pv) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1)
void *pvPortMallocStack(size_t xSize) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFreeStack(void *pv) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
#endif
/*
* This function resets the internal state of the heap module. It must be called
* by the application before restarting the scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1)
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void )
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called when allocation failed.
*/
void vApplicationMallocFailedHook(void);
#endif
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if (portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1)
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings(xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION *const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* @brief Checks if the calling task is authorized to access the given buffer.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer which the calling task wants to access.
* @param ulBufferLength The length of the pvBuffer.
* @param ulAccessRequested The permissions that the calling task wants.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the calling task is authorized to access the buffer,
* pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if (portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1)
BaseType_t xPortIsAuthorizedToAccessBuffer(const void *pvBuffer, uint32_t ulBufferLength, uint32_t ulAccessRequested) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* @brief Checks if the calling task is authorized to access the given kernel object.
*
* @param lInternalIndexOfKernelObject The index of the kernel object in the kernel
* object handle pool.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the calling task is authorized to access the kernel object,
* pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ((portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1) && (configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0))
BaseType_t xPortIsAuthorizedToAccessKernelObject(int32_t lInternalIndexOfKernelObject) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

258
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,120 +1,138 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * arg );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( uint64_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( uint64_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
/* Converts a time in ticks to a time in milliseconds. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdTICKS_TO_MS
#define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTimeInTicks ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTimeInTicks ) * ( uint64_t ) 1000U ) / ( uint64_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdFALSE_SIGNED ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE_SIGNED ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdFALSE_UNSIGNED ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE_UNSIGNED ( ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_64_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5aULL
#else
#error configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS set to unsupported tick type width.
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

368
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -77,12 +79,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* QueueHandle_t xQueueCreate(
* UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
* UBaseType_t uxItemSize
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
* can be referenced.
@@ -111,7 +113,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* returned.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -139,7 +141,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -149,14 +151,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateStatic(
* UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
* UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
* uint8_t *pucQueueStorageBuffer,
* uint8_t *pucQueueStorage,
* StaticQueue_t *pxQueueBuffer
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
* can be referenced.
@@ -180,11 +182,11 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be
* the same size.
*
* @param pucQueueStorageBuffer If uxItemSize is not zero then
* pucQueueStorageBuffer must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
* @param pucQueueStorage If uxItemSize is not zero then
* pucQueueStorage must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
* enough to hold the maximum number of items that can be in the queue at any
* one time - which is ( uxQueueLength * uxItemsSize ) bytes. If uxItemSize is
* zero then pucQueueStorageBuffer can be NULL.
* zero then pucQueueStorage can be NULL.
*
* @param pxQueueBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticQueue_t, which
* will be used to hold the queue's data structure.
@@ -193,7 +195,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* returned. If pxQueueBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -212,7 +214,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
* QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
* QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
*
* // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
* xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( QUEUE_LENGTH, // The number of items the queue can hold.
@@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueCreateStatic xQueueCreateStatic
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -235,13 +237,42 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToToFront(
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
* StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created queue's data structure buffer
* and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
* at the time of creation.
*
* @param xQueue The queue for which to retrieve the buffers.
*
* @param ppucQueueStorage Used to return a pointer to the queue's storage
* area buffer.
*
* @param ppxStaticQueue Used to return a pointer to the queue's data
* structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xQueueGetStaticBuffers xQueueGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#define xQueueGetStaticBuffers( xQueue, ppucQueueStorage, ppxStaticQueue ) xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( ( xQueue ), ( ppucQueueStorage ), ( ppxStaticQueue ) )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToFront(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
* reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
@@ -264,14 +295,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -307,7 +338,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -316,13 +347,13 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToBack(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
*
@@ -347,14 +378,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -390,7 +421,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -399,13 +430,13 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSend(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for
* backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
@@ -432,14 +463,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -475,7 +506,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -484,12 +515,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueOverwrite(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Only for use with queues that have a length of one - so the queue is either
* empty or full.
@@ -513,7 +544,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* to the queue even when the queue is already full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
*
* void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -559,7 +590,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ...
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueOverwrite xQueueOverwrite
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -569,14 +600,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* BaseType_t xCopyPosition
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
* xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
@@ -605,14 +636,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -648,7 +679,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -659,13 +690,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueuePeek(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void * const pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
* The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
@@ -696,7 +727,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -746,7 +777,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueuePeek xQueuePeek
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -756,12 +787,12 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xQueuePeek() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine (ISR).
@@ -791,13 +822,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueReceive(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
* adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
@@ -825,7 +856,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -875,7 +906,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -885,9 +916,9 @@ BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
*
@@ -902,9 +933,9 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNC
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Return the number of free spaces available in a queue. This is equal to the
* number of items that can be sent to the queue before the queue becomes full
@@ -921,9 +952,9 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNC
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
* placed on the queue.
@@ -937,13 +968,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
*
@@ -964,7 +995,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* running task. If xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
@@ -972,11 +1003,11 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
* BaseType_t xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
*
* // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
* xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
@@ -998,7 +1029,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1009,13 +1040,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
*
@@ -1044,7 +1075,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
@@ -1070,7 +1101,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1080,13 +1111,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueOverwriteFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xQueueOverwrite() that can be used in an interrupt service
* routine (ISR).
@@ -1117,7 +1148,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* the queue is already full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
*
* QueueHandle_t xQueue;
*
@@ -1154,12 +1185,15 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* {
* // Writing to the queue caused a task to unblock and the unblocked task
* // has a priority higher than or equal to the priority of the currently
* // executing task (the task this interrupt interrupted). Perform a context
* // executing task (the task this interrupt interrupted). Perform a context
* // switch so this interrupt returns directly to the unblocked task.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(); // or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() depending on the port.
* // The macro used is port specific and will be either
* // portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() - refer to the documentation
* // page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueOverwriteFromISR xQueueOverwriteFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -1168,13 +1202,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included
* for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
@@ -1206,7 +1240,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
@@ -1229,11 +1263,14 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
* {
* // Actual macro used here is port specific.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
* // As xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
* // switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
* // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
* // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1243,14 +1280,14 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
* BaseType_t xCopyPosition
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
* xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
@@ -1286,7 +1323,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
@@ -1306,14 +1343,17 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
*
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. Note that the
* // name of the yield function required is port specific.
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
* {
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR();
* // As xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost is now set to pdTRUE then a context
* // switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
* // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
* // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1327,13 +1367,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* BaseType_t *pxTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
* interrupt service routine.
@@ -1344,16 +1384,16 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
* be copied.
*
* @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
* unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to
* become available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task
* to unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
* remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
*
* QueueHandle_t xQueue;
*
@@ -1398,17 +1438,17 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
*
* // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
* // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
* // posting onto the queue xTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
* // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
* // task will be woken.
* }
*
* if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
* if( xTaskWokenByReceive != ( char ) pdFALSE;
* {
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -1418,12 +1458,14 @@ BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/*
* Utilities to query queues that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities
* should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
* should be used only from within an ISR, or within a critical section.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
/*
* The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The
* functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from
@@ -1433,18 +1475,20 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEG
* should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro
* wrappers defined within croutine.h.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxTaskWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxTaskWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
#endif /* if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) */
/*
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex(),
@@ -1452,21 +1496,34 @@ BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* these functions directly.
*/
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 )
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
* xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() or
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -1476,7 +1533,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* Reset a queue back to its original empty state. The return value is now
* obsolete and is always set to pdPASS.
*/
#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( xQueue, pdFALSE )
#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( ( xQueue ), pdFALSE )
/*
* The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
@@ -1488,21 +1545,25 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
* registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value
* does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
* does not affect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
* created - just the number that the registry can hold.
*
* If vQueueAddToRegistry is called more than once with the same xQueue
* parameter, the registry will store the pcQueueName parameter from the
* most recent call to vQueueAddToRegistry.
*
* @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This
* is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex
* handles can also be passed in here.
*
* @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
* @param pcQueueName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
* name that the kernel aware debugger will display. The queue registry only
* stores a pointer to the string - so the string must be persistent (global or
* preferably in ROM/Flash), not on the stack.
*/
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const char * pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
@@ -1531,7 +1592,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* returned.
*/
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
@@ -1558,6 +1619,18 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Generic version of the function used to retrieve the buffers of statically
* created queues. This is called by other functions and macros that retrieve
* the buffers of other statically created RTOS objects that use the queue
* structure as their base.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Queue sets provide a mechanism to allow a task to block (pend) on a read
* operation from multiple queues or semaphores simultaneously.
@@ -1572,7 +1645,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* or semaphores contained in the set is in a state where a queue read or
* semaphore take operation would be successful.
*
* Note 1: See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* Note 1: See the documentation on https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are
* simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects.
*
@@ -1606,7 +1679,9 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* @return If the queue set is created successfully then a handle to the created
* queue set is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned.
*/
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Adds a queue or semaphore to a queue set that was previously created by a
@@ -1630,8 +1705,10 @@ QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILE
* queue set because it is already a member of a different queue set then pdFAIL
* is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Removes a queue or semaphore from a queue set. A queue or semaphore can only
@@ -1650,8 +1727,10 @@ BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
* then pdPASS is returned. If the queue was not in the queue set, or the
* queue (or semaphore) was not empty, then pdFAIL is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* xQueueSelectFromSet() selects from the members of a queue set a queue or
@@ -1663,7 +1742,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
* See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this
* function.
*
* Note 1: See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* Note 1: See the documentation on https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are
* simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects.
*
@@ -1687,13 +1766,17 @@ BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
* in the queue set that is available, or NULL if no such queue or semaphore
* exists before before the specified block time expires.
*/
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* A version of xQueueSelectFromSet() that can be used from an ISR.
*/
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* Not public API functions. */
void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
@@ -1701,11 +1784,22 @@ void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueItemSize( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueLength( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus

2388
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

268
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,127 +1,141 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING is a number of extra words to consider to be in
* use on the stack.
*/
#ifndef portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING
#define portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING 0
#endif
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack + portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack - portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5U; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

2147
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1403
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

186
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -32,10 +34,8 @@
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
#endif
/*lint -save -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
* happens to also be including task.h. */
#include "task.h"
/*lint -restore */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ typedef void (* TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
* Defines the prototype to which functions used with the
* xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() function must conform.
*/
typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
uint32_t );
typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void * arg1,
uint32_t arg2 );
/**
* TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
* TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
* UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
* BaseType_t xAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
*
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
* equal to 1000. Time timer period must be greater than 0.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
* If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* If xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* // the scheduler starts.
* for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
* {
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * ( x + 1 ) ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* );
*
* if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* @endverbatim
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
/**
* TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
* TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
* UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
* BaseType_t xAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
* StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
@@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
* equal to 1000. The timer period must be greater than 0.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
* If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* If xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
@@ -357,9 +357,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* @endverbatim
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -1196,10 +1196,12 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* }
* @endverbatim
*/
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
@@ -1233,10 +1235,12 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
* timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
@@ -1247,10 +1251,10 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
*
* @return The name assigned to the timer specified by the xTimer parameter.
*/
const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
* void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xAutoReload );
*
* Updates a timer to be either an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
@@ -1258,14 +1262,28 @@ const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being updated.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the timer's period (see the
* xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter of the xTimerCreate() API function). If
* uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*/
void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const BaseType_t xAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Queries a timer to determine if it is an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
* which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
*
* @return If the timer is an auto-reload timer then pdTRUE is returned, otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
@@ -1307,17 +1325,54 @@ TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*/
TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer );
*
* Retrieve pointer to a statically created timer's data structure
* buffer. This is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of
* creation.
*
* @param xTimer The timer for which to retrieve the buffer.
*
* @param ppxTaskBuffer Used to return a pointer to the timers's data
* structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the buffer was retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*
* Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
* for use by the kernel only.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Splitting the xTimerGenericCommand into two sub functions and making it a macro
* removes a recursion path when called from ISRs. This is primarily for the XCore
* XCC port which detects the recursion path and throws an error during compilation
* when this is not split.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#define xTimerGenericCommand( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xTicksToWait ) \
( ( xCommandID ) < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND ? \
xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xTicksToWait ) : \
xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xTicksToWait ) )
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -1326,23 +1381,48 @@ BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
/**
* task.h
* <pre>void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize ) </pre>
*
* This function is used to provide a statically allocated block of memory to FreeRTOS to hold the Timer Task TCB. This function is required when
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set. For more information see this URI: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
*
* @param ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer A handle to a statically allocated TCB buffer
* @param ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer A handle to a statically allocated Stack buffer for thie idle task
* @param pulTimerTaskStackSize A pointer to the number of elements that will fit in the allocated stack buffer
*/
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE * puxTimerTaskStackSize )
* @endcode
*
* This function is used to provide a statically allocated block of memory to FreeRTOS to hold the Timer Task TCB. This function is required when
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set. For more information see this URI: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
*
* @param ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer A handle to a statically allocated TCB buffer
* @param ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer A handle to a statically allocated Stack buffer for the idle task
* @param puxTimerTaskStackSize A pointer to the number of elements that will fit in the allocated stack buffer
*/
void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer,
StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
uint32_t * pulTimerTaskStackSize );
StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE * puxTimerTaskStackSize );
#endif
#if ( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK != 0 )
/**
* timers.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called form the timer task once when the task starts running.
*/
/* MISRA Ref 8.6.1 [External linkage] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-86 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_8_6_violation] */
void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
#endif
/*
* This function resets the internal state of the timer module. It must be called
* by the application before restarting the scheduler.
*/
void vTimerResetState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

456
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c vendored
View File

@@ -1,210 +1,246 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
* because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
* defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
* generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
* end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
* when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
*
* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
* new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
* stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
* share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
* the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
* first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
* If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
* listed below. In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
* more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
*
* 1) Stack overflow -
* see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
* 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
* parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
* interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
* of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
* 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
* the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
* not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
* insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
* item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
* item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/* The MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
* defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
* generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
traceENTER_vListInitialise( pxList );
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
* end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
* when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
/* Initialize the remaining fields of xListEnd when it is a proper ListItem_t */
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 0 )
{
pxList->xListEnd.pvOwner = NULL;
pxList->xListEnd.pxContainer = NULL;
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
}
#endif
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
traceRETURN_vListInitialise();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
traceENTER_vListInitialiseItem( pxItem );
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
traceRETURN_vListInitialiseItem();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
traceENTER_vListInsertEnd( pxList, pxNewListItem );
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems + 1U );
traceRETURN_vListInsertEnd();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
traceENTER_vListInsert( pxList, pxNewListItem );
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
*
* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
* new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
* stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
* share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
* the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
* first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
* If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
* listed below. In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
* more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
*
* 1) Stack overflow -
* see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
* 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
* parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
* interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
* of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
* 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
* the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
* not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
* 5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
* the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
* insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
* item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems + 1U );
traceRETURN_vListInsert();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
* item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
traceENTER_uxListRemove( pxItemToRemove );
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems - 1U );
traceRETURN_uxListRemove( pxList->uxNumberOfItems );
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

6380
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3044
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

14075
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2484
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff